Table of Contents - LiveABCkids.liveabc.com/placementtest/teacher/Starter_TG_E.pdf · Table of...

79
Table of Contents Teaching Material Overview ........................................................................................ 2 Unit 1 ................................................................................................................................ 5 Unit 2 ............................................................................................................................. 13 Unit 3 ............................................................................................................................. 21 Unit 4 ............................................................................................................................. 28 Unit 5 ............................................................................................................................. 35 Unit 6 ............................................................................................................................. 43 Unit 7 ............................................................................................................................. 52 Test 1 (Unit 1 ~ Unit 3) .................................................................................................. 60 Test 2 (Unit 4 ~ Unit 7) .................................................................................................. 62 Final Test (Unit 1 ~ Unit 7) ............................................................................................ 64 Answer Keys ................................................................................................................... 66 Appendix of Teaching Tools ...................................................................................... 72

Transcript of Table of Contents - LiveABCkids.liveabc.com/placementtest/teacher/Starter_TG_E.pdf · Table of...

Table of Contents

Teaching Material Overview 2

Unit 1 5

Unit 2 13

Unit 3 21

Unit 4 28

Unit 5 35

Unit 6 43

Unit 7 52

Test 1 (Unit 1 ~ Unit 3) 60

Test 2 (Unit 4 ~ Unit 7) 62

Final Test (Unit 1 ~ Unit 7) 64

Answer Keys 66

Appendix of Teaching Tools 72

2

Come to Live Series The Come to Live Series are twelve books devised especially for English beginners from six to twelve years old Each book contains useful dialogues vocabulary activities songs chants and listening comprehension exercises for the students Combined with this comprehensive package the Come to Live Series is integrated with the computer Students can learn and practice English not only with books and with their English teachers but also on computers which can surely raise the studentsrsquo interest to learn English Come to Live Starter is an introductory teaching program designed for starter level children The series consists of a student book two workbooks (A and B) and three CDs In addition to the teacherrsquos guide alphabet cards and vocabulary flash cards are provided as teaching aids

Starter Teaching Material Overview

Studentrsquos Book Divided into 7 units with 3 review units Each unit contains the following segments

ABC FUN Introduces letters of the alphabet in lower and upper case so that

students learn to recognize them in the vocabulary words This program does not promote forced memorization of vocabulary words but reading through recognition repetition and proper pronunciation

PHONICS FUN Phonics is the basis of English pronunciation Each unit contains

four rhyming sentences with some associated words which can attract the studentsrsquo attention

SAY FOR FUN Simple conversations teach children to use English to greet

introduce and express emotion Our goal is not just to teach English but to make English part of studentsrsquo lives

3

MORE TO SAY It consists of two parts Daily Life and Class Time Daily Life is the extension of SAY FOR FUN Students will learn to apply the conversations naturally in their own daily situations In Class Time teachers will speak in simple commands or sentences Students may not know the meaning of what is being said in the beginning but with the teachersrsquo repeated use of the sentences and appropriate TPR (Total Physical Response) students will slowly begin to understand

LISTEN FOR FUN Many children have weak listening skills when it comes to

learning English The listening segment for each lesson is designed to allow students to effectively practice in class after learning their alphabet and pronunciation By playing the CDs several times students will gradually become accustomed to learning by listening as well as by seeing This method helps students to become comfortable with the sound of the English language leading to faster results in learning

ACT WITH ME In ACT WITH ME the common classroom English is incorporated into

the backgrounds of fairy tales already well known by kids When students discover their favorite fairy tale characters speaking those common classroom phrases it will greatly increase their motivation to learn

CHANT WITH ME Children at this beginner level still enjoy and respond to singing

and dancing This segment of the lesson includes a simple easy-to-learn rhyming song based on the focus vocabulary Combined with simple actions it becomes an effective and enjoyable learning experience

Workbook The workbook is separated into two books A and B Both books contain

a review chapter This format facilitates both home study and teacher grading The teacher is able to assess the studentrsquos learning progress by regularly reviewing the workbooks Workbooks have listening practice for each lesson which students can listen to on their own at home

Audio CDs The audio CD was made specifically for listening training and reviewing

at home Teachers should advise students to listen to the CDs at home in order to review the text content Parents should be advised to supervise and guide their children through their studies

4

Teacherrsquos Guide There are teaching plans for each unit in the teacherrsquos guide Plenty of reference activities are provided for the teachers At the back of the teacherrsquos guide you will find the tests and the answer keys

Supplementary Materials Teaching aids such as alphabet cards flash cards and

other related materials help teachers make the class more fun

5

Unit 1

Vocabulary apple boy cat dog

ant ball car desk

Sentence pattern

1 Hi my name is Jack Hello my name is Annie

2 Nice to meet you Nice to meet you too

3 Raise your hand 4 Take out your book 5 Open your book 6 Put away your book

Objectives 1 To teach upper and lower case alphabet letters Aa to Dd 2 To teach basic greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer a puppet a soft ball bottles a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoA a a aelig aelig aeligrdquo Write Aa on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

2 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b b b b b C c c k k k D d d d d d

3 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 8 P 9 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

4 Activity Lightning Flash

a Divide the class into two teams b Call out a student from each team and have

6

them stand back to back c Give each student an alphabet flash card d Count to three and have two students turn

around e The first student to say the other studentrsquos

letter gets a point 5 Take out the apple flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoA aelig applerdquo

6 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b boy Ck cat D d dog etc

7 Activity Hop Hop Hop

a Put the flash cards in a row in the middle of the floor

b Call two students up to stand on either side of the row of flash cards Shout out a vocabulary word and have them hop until they stand next to that flash card

c Start slowly and then gradually build up speed After five to eight turns give each student a card and call up another two students

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 The teacher does self-introduction first ldquoHello I

am _____ldquo Next guide each student to reply ldquoHello I am ______rdquo Practice with each student one on one

T Hi I am _____ S Hi I am _____

Confirm that each student opens their mouth to practice

2 Activity Strike Devil

a Make use of ldquoHello I am _____rdquo and ldquoHi I am _____rdquo Repeat until each student is comfortable introducing himself or herself with this phrase

b Prepare a toy hammer and demonstrate its use Walk back and forth in front of the

7

students and stop suddenly in front of one student He or she must call out the name of another student If he or she is a slow reactor gently give a lsquoboprsquo to the desk with the toy hammer and let them start the next round of the game

c The teacher can also ask the game ldquoloserrdquo to come forward and demonstrate any letter of the alphabet with his or her body

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Utilize hand puppet to make conversation with students ldquoHellordquo and ldquohirdquo can be use interchangeably

A Hi my name is _____ B Hello my name is _____ A Nice to meet you B Nice to meet you too 2 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 3 Activity Who Has the Ball

a Have students go to the back of the classroom

b Have a student stand facing the whiteboard and throw back a ball to the students in the back

c Whoever catches the ball or picks it up must hold it behind him or her while all the other students also put their hands behind them pretending to hold a ball as well

d After throwing the ball the student in the front should slowly count down from three to one and then turn around

e The student gets three guesses to name the student who is actually holding the ball and have the conversation with him or her The student gets a point for the correct guess

f Make sure students donrsquot cheat and pass the ball back and forth to other students behind their backs

8

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let students finish one or two

questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Gotcha

a Go over all the flash cards and have students call out the words Then pick one flash card be the ldquobadrdquo flash card Tell students when they see this flash card they must run back to their seat and sit down

b Have the students stand in a circle Have them walk in a circle repeating the word until they see the next flash card

c Show the bad flash card as they run to sit down catch one of the students (a simple tag will do) That student has to pay a forfeit or repeat a number of flash-card words

d Pick a new bad flash card and start again 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoAardquo Drill phonics rdquoA a a aelig

aelig aeligrdquo 2 Show the ldquoapplerdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig applerdquo 3 Show the ldquoantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig antrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn ant eats an applerdquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Prepare four bottles for a to d b Divide the class into two teams c Have the students make two lines and then sit

down d Put the bottles in the middle of the floor

9

e Say one word for example ldquoapplerdquo then call out the number

f The students have to grab the correct bottle g The student who grabs the correct bottle first

wins 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 10 P 11 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Change

a Write ldquoChangerdquo on the board b Tell the students when teacher says

ldquoChangerdquo they have to change their seats c Number the seats in the classroom d Teacher turns to face the board and says

ldquoChangerdquo e After students have changed their seats the

teacher writes a number on the board then turns around

f Whoever is sitting on that seat has to have the conversation with the teacher

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Mime Pass

a Divide the class into two teams b Have students line up in the classroom with

back facing the teacher c Say ldquoGordquo and have the first student turn

around d Teacher gestures for the first student Then the

first student gestures for the next student ndash one at a time the students turn around as the gesture is passed down the line

e The last student in the line guesses what the sentence is

10

f Have the last student come to the front of the line and begin again to ensure that everyone gets a chance to be the first and last student

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Dd

2 Activity Hot Potato

a Teacher prepares a ball b Let the students sit in a circle

c Teacher plays the music d The students pass the ball while listening to

the music e When the music stops the student who is

holding the ball needs to repeat the words or the sentences

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the correct vocabulary box

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo

2 Activity Pass the Ball

a Teacher prepares a ball b Teacher gestures for the first student c Start timing and pass the ball to the student

who answers and gestures for the next student

d Have the students continue passing the ball around as each gestures and answers in turn

e When the ball comes back to you and the last student gestures to you stop the time when

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

2

Come to Live Series The Come to Live Series are twelve books devised especially for English beginners from six to twelve years old Each book contains useful dialogues vocabulary activities songs chants and listening comprehension exercises for the students Combined with this comprehensive package the Come to Live Series is integrated with the computer Students can learn and practice English not only with books and with their English teachers but also on computers which can surely raise the studentsrsquo interest to learn English Come to Live Starter is an introductory teaching program designed for starter level children The series consists of a student book two workbooks (A and B) and three CDs In addition to the teacherrsquos guide alphabet cards and vocabulary flash cards are provided as teaching aids

Starter Teaching Material Overview

Studentrsquos Book Divided into 7 units with 3 review units Each unit contains the following segments

ABC FUN Introduces letters of the alphabet in lower and upper case so that

students learn to recognize them in the vocabulary words This program does not promote forced memorization of vocabulary words but reading through recognition repetition and proper pronunciation

PHONICS FUN Phonics is the basis of English pronunciation Each unit contains

four rhyming sentences with some associated words which can attract the studentsrsquo attention

SAY FOR FUN Simple conversations teach children to use English to greet

introduce and express emotion Our goal is not just to teach English but to make English part of studentsrsquo lives

3

MORE TO SAY It consists of two parts Daily Life and Class Time Daily Life is the extension of SAY FOR FUN Students will learn to apply the conversations naturally in their own daily situations In Class Time teachers will speak in simple commands or sentences Students may not know the meaning of what is being said in the beginning but with the teachersrsquo repeated use of the sentences and appropriate TPR (Total Physical Response) students will slowly begin to understand

LISTEN FOR FUN Many children have weak listening skills when it comes to

learning English The listening segment for each lesson is designed to allow students to effectively practice in class after learning their alphabet and pronunciation By playing the CDs several times students will gradually become accustomed to learning by listening as well as by seeing This method helps students to become comfortable with the sound of the English language leading to faster results in learning

ACT WITH ME In ACT WITH ME the common classroom English is incorporated into

the backgrounds of fairy tales already well known by kids When students discover their favorite fairy tale characters speaking those common classroom phrases it will greatly increase their motivation to learn

CHANT WITH ME Children at this beginner level still enjoy and respond to singing

and dancing This segment of the lesson includes a simple easy-to-learn rhyming song based on the focus vocabulary Combined with simple actions it becomes an effective and enjoyable learning experience

Workbook The workbook is separated into two books A and B Both books contain

a review chapter This format facilitates both home study and teacher grading The teacher is able to assess the studentrsquos learning progress by regularly reviewing the workbooks Workbooks have listening practice for each lesson which students can listen to on their own at home

Audio CDs The audio CD was made specifically for listening training and reviewing

at home Teachers should advise students to listen to the CDs at home in order to review the text content Parents should be advised to supervise and guide their children through their studies

4

Teacherrsquos Guide There are teaching plans for each unit in the teacherrsquos guide Plenty of reference activities are provided for the teachers At the back of the teacherrsquos guide you will find the tests and the answer keys

Supplementary Materials Teaching aids such as alphabet cards flash cards and

other related materials help teachers make the class more fun

5

Unit 1

Vocabulary apple boy cat dog

ant ball car desk

Sentence pattern

1 Hi my name is Jack Hello my name is Annie

2 Nice to meet you Nice to meet you too

3 Raise your hand 4 Take out your book 5 Open your book 6 Put away your book

Objectives 1 To teach upper and lower case alphabet letters Aa to Dd 2 To teach basic greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer a puppet a soft ball bottles a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoA a a aelig aelig aeligrdquo Write Aa on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

2 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b b b b b C c c k k k D d d d d d

3 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 8 P 9 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

4 Activity Lightning Flash

a Divide the class into two teams b Call out a student from each team and have

6

them stand back to back c Give each student an alphabet flash card d Count to three and have two students turn

around e The first student to say the other studentrsquos

letter gets a point 5 Take out the apple flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoA aelig applerdquo

6 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b boy Ck cat D d dog etc

7 Activity Hop Hop Hop

a Put the flash cards in a row in the middle of the floor

b Call two students up to stand on either side of the row of flash cards Shout out a vocabulary word and have them hop until they stand next to that flash card

c Start slowly and then gradually build up speed After five to eight turns give each student a card and call up another two students

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 The teacher does self-introduction first ldquoHello I

am _____ldquo Next guide each student to reply ldquoHello I am ______rdquo Practice with each student one on one

T Hi I am _____ S Hi I am _____

Confirm that each student opens their mouth to practice

2 Activity Strike Devil

a Make use of ldquoHello I am _____rdquo and ldquoHi I am _____rdquo Repeat until each student is comfortable introducing himself or herself with this phrase

b Prepare a toy hammer and demonstrate its use Walk back and forth in front of the

7

students and stop suddenly in front of one student He or she must call out the name of another student If he or she is a slow reactor gently give a lsquoboprsquo to the desk with the toy hammer and let them start the next round of the game

c The teacher can also ask the game ldquoloserrdquo to come forward and demonstrate any letter of the alphabet with his or her body

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Utilize hand puppet to make conversation with students ldquoHellordquo and ldquohirdquo can be use interchangeably

A Hi my name is _____ B Hello my name is _____ A Nice to meet you B Nice to meet you too 2 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 3 Activity Who Has the Ball

a Have students go to the back of the classroom

b Have a student stand facing the whiteboard and throw back a ball to the students in the back

c Whoever catches the ball or picks it up must hold it behind him or her while all the other students also put their hands behind them pretending to hold a ball as well

d After throwing the ball the student in the front should slowly count down from three to one and then turn around

e The student gets three guesses to name the student who is actually holding the ball and have the conversation with him or her The student gets a point for the correct guess

f Make sure students donrsquot cheat and pass the ball back and forth to other students behind their backs

8

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let students finish one or two

questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Gotcha

a Go over all the flash cards and have students call out the words Then pick one flash card be the ldquobadrdquo flash card Tell students when they see this flash card they must run back to their seat and sit down

b Have the students stand in a circle Have them walk in a circle repeating the word until they see the next flash card

c Show the bad flash card as they run to sit down catch one of the students (a simple tag will do) That student has to pay a forfeit or repeat a number of flash-card words

d Pick a new bad flash card and start again 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoAardquo Drill phonics rdquoA a a aelig

aelig aeligrdquo 2 Show the ldquoapplerdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig applerdquo 3 Show the ldquoantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig antrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn ant eats an applerdquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Prepare four bottles for a to d b Divide the class into two teams c Have the students make two lines and then sit

down d Put the bottles in the middle of the floor

9

e Say one word for example ldquoapplerdquo then call out the number

f The students have to grab the correct bottle g The student who grabs the correct bottle first

wins 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 10 P 11 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Change

a Write ldquoChangerdquo on the board b Tell the students when teacher says

ldquoChangerdquo they have to change their seats c Number the seats in the classroom d Teacher turns to face the board and says

ldquoChangerdquo e After students have changed their seats the

teacher writes a number on the board then turns around

f Whoever is sitting on that seat has to have the conversation with the teacher

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Mime Pass

a Divide the class into two teams b Have students line up in the classroom with

back facing the teacher c Say ldquoGordquo and have the first student turn

around d Teacher gestures for the first student Then the

first student gestures for the next student ndash one at a time the students turn around as the gesture is passed down the line

e The last student in the line guesses what the sentence is

10

f Have the last student come to the front of the line and begin again to ensure that everyone gets a chance to be the first and last student

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Dd

2 Activity Hot Potato

a Teacher prepares a ball b Let the students sit in a circle

c Teacher plays the music d The students pass the ball while listening to

the music e When the music stops the student who is

holding the ball needs to repeat the words or the sentences

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the correct vocabulary box

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo

2 Activity Pass the Ball

a Teacher prepares a ball b Teacher gestures for the first student c Start timing and pass the ball to the student

who answers and gestures for the next student

d Have the students continue passing the ball around as each gestures and answers in turn

e When the ball comes back to you and the last student gestures to you stop the time when

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

3

MORE TO SAY It consists of two parts Daily Life and Class Time Daily Life is the extension of SAY FOR FUN Students will learn to apply the conversations naturally in their own daily situations In Class Time teachers will speak in simple commands or sentences Students may not know the meaning of what is being said in the beginning but with the teachersrsquo repeated use of the sentences and appropriate TPR (Total Physical Response) students will slowly begin to understand

LISTEN FOR FUN Many children have weak listening skills when it comes to

learning English The listening segment for each lesson is designed to allow students to effectively practice in class after learning their alphabet and pronunciation By playing the CDs several times students will gradually become accustomed to learning by listening as well as by seeing This method helps students to become comfortable with the sound of the English language leading to faster results in learning

ACT WITH ME In ACT WITH ME the common classroom English is incorporated into

the backgrounds of fairy tales already well known by kids When students discover their favorite fairy tale characters speaking those common classroom phrases it will greatly increase their motivation to learn

CHANT WITH ME Children at this beginner level still enjoy and respond to singing

and dancing This segment of the lesson includes a simple easy-to-learn rhyming song based on the focus vocabulary Combined with simple actions it becomes an effective and enjoyable learning experience

Workbook The workbook is separated into two books A and B Both books contain

a review chapter This format facilitates both home study and teacher grading The teacher is able to assess the studentrsquos learning progress by regularly reviewing the workbooks Workbooks have listening practice for each lesson which students can listen to on their own at home

Audio CDs The audio CD was made specifically for listening training and reviewing

at home Teachers should advise students to listen to the CDs at home in order to review the text content Parents should be advised to supervise and guide their children through their studies

4

Teacherrsquos Guide There are teaching plans for each unit in the teacherrsquos guide Plenty of reference activities are provided for the teachers At the back of the teacherrsquos guide you will find the tests and the answer keys

Supplementary Materials Teaching aids such as alphabet cards flash cards and

other related materials help teachers make the class more fun

5

Unit 1

Vocabulary apple boy cat dog

ant ball car desk

Sentence pattern

1 Hi my name is Jack Hello my name is Annie

2 Nice to meet you Nice to meet you too

3 Raise your hand 4 Take out your book 5 Open your book 6 Put away your book

Objectives 1 To teach upper and lower case alphabet letters Aa to Dd 2 To teach basic greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer a puppet a soft ball bottles a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoA a a aelig aelig aeligrdquo Write Aa on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

2 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b b b b b C c c k k k D d d d d d

3 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 8 P 9 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

4 Activity Lightning Flash

a Divide the class into two teams b Call out a student from each team and have

6

them stand back to back c Give each student an alphabet flash card d Count to three and have two students turn

around e The first student to say the other studentrsquos

letter gets a point 5 Take out the apple flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoA aelig applerdquo

6 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b boy Ck cat D d dog etc

7 Activity Hop Hop Hop

a Put the flash cards in a row in the middle of the floor

b Call two students up to stand on either side of the row of flash cards Shout out a vocabulary word and have them hop until they stand next to that flash card

c Start slowly and then gradually build up speed After five to eight turns give each student a card and call up another two students

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 The teacher does self-introduction first ldquoHello I

am _____ldquo Next guide each student to reply ldquoHello I am ______rdquo Practice with each student one on one

T Hi I am _____ S Hi I am _____

Confirm that each student opens their mouth to practice

2 Activity Strike Devil

a Make use of ldquoHello I am _____rdquo and ldquoHi I am _____rdquo Repeat until each student is comfortable introducing himself or herself with this phrase

b Prepare a toy hammer and demonstrate its use Walk back and forth in front of the

7

students and stop suddenly in front of one student He or she must call out the name of another student If he or she is a slow reactor gently give a lsquoboprsquo to the desk with the toy hammer and let them start the next round of the game

c The teacher can also ask the game ldquoloserrdquo to come forward and demonstrate any letter of the alphabet with his or her body

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Utilize hand puppet to make conversation with students ldquoHellordquo and ldquohirdquo can be use interchangeably

A Hi my name is _____ B Hello my name is _____ A Nice to meet you B Nice to meet you too 2 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 3 Activity Who Has the Ball

a Have students go to the back of the classroom

b Have a student stand facing the whiteboard and throw back a ball to the students in the back

c Whoever catches the ball or picks it up must hold it behind him or her while all the other students also put their hands behind them pretending to hold a ball as well

d After throwing the ball the student in the front should slowly count down from three to one and then turn around

e The student gets three guesses to name the student who is actually holding the ball and have the conversation with him or her The student gets a point for the correct guess

f Make sure students donrsquot cheat and pass the ball back and forth to other students behind their backs

8

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let students finish one or two

questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Gotcha

a Go over all the flash cards and have students call out the words Then pick one flash card be the ldquobadrdquo flash card Tell students when they see this flash card they must run back to their seat and sit down

b Have the students stand in a circle Have them walk in a circle repeating the word until they see the next flash card

c Show the bad flash card as they run to sit down catch one of the students (a simple tag will do) That student has to pay a forfeit or repeat a number of flash-card words

d Pick a new bad flash card and start again 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoAardquo Drill phonics rdquoA a a aelig

aelig aeligrdquo 2 Show the ldquoapplerdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig applerdquo 3 Show the ldquoantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig antrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn ant eats an applerdquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Prepare four bottles for a to d b Divide the class into two teams c Have the students make two lines and then sit

down d Put the bottles in the middle of the floor

9

e Say one word for example ldquoapplerdquo then call out the number

f The students have to grab the correct bottle g The student who grabs the correct bottle first

wins 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 10 P 11 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Change

a Write ldquoChangerdquo on the board b Tell the students when teacher says

ldquoChangerdquo they have to change their seats c Number the seats in the classroom d Teacher turns to face the board and says

ldquoChangerdquo e After students have changed their seats the

teacher writes a number on the board then turns around

f Whoever is sitting on that seat has to have the conversation with the teacher

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Mime Pass

a Divide the class into two teams b Have students line up in the classroom with

back facing the teacher c Say ldquoGordquo and have the first student turn

around d Teacher gestures for the first student Then the

first student gestures for the next student ndash one at a time the students turn around as the gesture is passed down the line

e The last student in the line guesses what the sentence is

10

f Have the last student come to the front of the line and begin again to ensure that everyone gets a chance to be the first and last student

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Dd

2 Activity Hot Potato

a Teacher prepares a ball b Let the students sit in a circle

c Teacher plays the music d The students pass the ball while listening to

the music e When the music stops the student who is

holding the ball needs to repeat the words or the sentences

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the correct vocabulary box

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo

2 Activity Pass the Ball

a Teacher prepares a ball b Teacher gestures for the first student c Start timing and pass the ball to the student

who answers and gestures for the next student

d Have the students continue passing the ball around as each gestures and answers in turn

e When the ball comes back to you and the last student gestures to you stop the time when

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

4

Teacherrsquos Guide There are teaching plans for each unit in the teacherrsquos guide Plenty of reference activities are provided for the teachers At the back of the teacherrsquos guide you will find the tests and the answer keys

Supplementary Materials Teaching aids such as alphabet cards flash cards and

other related materials help teachers make the class more fun

5

Unit 1

Vocabulary apple boy cat dog

ant ball car desk

Sentence pattern

1 Hi my name is Jack Hello my name is Annie

2 Nice to meet you Nice to meet you too

3 Raise your hand 4 Take out your book 5 Open your book 6 Put away your book

Objectives 1 To teach upper and lower case alphabet letters Aa to Dd 2 To teach basic greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer a puppet a soft ball bottles a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoA a a aelig aelig aeligrdquo Write Aa on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

2 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b b b b b C c c k k k D d d d d d

3 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 8 P 9 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

4 Activity Lightning Flash

a Divide the class into two teams b Call out a student from each team and have

6

them stand back to back c Give each student an alphabet flash card d Count to three and have two students turn

around e The first student to say the other studentrsquos

letter gets a point 5 Take out the apple flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoA aelig applerdquo

6 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b boy Ck cat D d dog etc

7 Activity Hop Hop Hop

a Put the flash cards in a row in the middle of the floor

b Call two students up to stand on either side of the row of flash cards Shout out a vocabulary word and have them hop until they stand next to that flash card

c Start slowly and then gradually build up speed After five to eight turns give each student a card and call up another two students

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 The teacher does self-introduction first ldquoHello I

am _____ldquo Next guide each student to reply ldquoHello I am ______rdquo Practice with each student one on one

T Hi I am _____ S Hi I am _____

Confirm that each student opens their mouth to practice

2 Activity Strike Devil

a Make use of ldquoHello I am _____rdquo and ldquoHi I am _____rdquo Repeat until each student is comfortable introducing himself or herself with this phrase

b Prepare a toy hammer and demonstrate its use Walk back and forth in front of the

7

students and stop suddenly in front of one student He or she must call out the name of another student If he or she is a slow reactor gently give a lsquoboprsquo to the desk with the toy hammer and let them start the next round of the game

c The teacher can also ask the game ldquoloserrdquo to come forward and demonstrate any letter of the alphabet with his or her body

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Utilize hand puppet to make conversation with students ldquoHellordquo and ldquohirdquo can be use interchangeably

A Hi my name is _____ B Hello my name is _____ A Nice to meet you B Nice to meet you too 2 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 3 Activity Who Has the Ball

a Have students go to the back of the classroom

b Have a student stand facing the whiteboard and throw back a ball to the students in the back

c Whoever catches the ball or picks it up must hold it behind him or her while all the other students also put their hands behind them pretending to hold a ball as well

d After throwing the ball the student in the front should slowly count down from three to one and then turn around

e The student gets three guesses to name the student who is actually holding the ball and have the conversation with him or her The student gets a point for the correct guess

f Make sure students donrsquot cheat and pass the ball back and forth to other students behind their backs

8

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let students finish one or two

questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Gotcha

a Go over all the flash cards and have students call out the words Then pick one flash card be the ldquobadrdquo flash card Tell students when they see this flash card they must run back to their seat and sit down

b Have the students stand in a circle Have them walk in a circle repeating the word until they see the next flash card

c Show the bad flash card as they run to sit down catch one of the students (a simple tag will do) That student has to pay a forfeit or repeat a number of flash-card words

d Pick a new bad flash card and start again 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoAardquo Drill phonics rdquoA a a aelig

aelig aeligrdquo 2 Show the ldquoapplerdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig applerdquo 3 Show the ldquoantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig antrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn ant eats an applerdquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Prepare four bottles for a to d b Divide the class into two teams c Have the students make two lines and then sit

down d Put the bottles in the middle of the floor

9

e Say one word for example ldquoapplerdquo then call out the number

f The students have to grab the correct bottle g The student who grabs the correct bottle first

wins 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 10 P 11 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Change

a Write ldquoChangerdquo on the board b Tell the students when teacher says

ldquoChangerdquo they have to change their seats c Number the seats in the classroom d Teacher turns to face the board and says

ldquoChangerdquo e After students have changed their seats the

teacher writes a number on the board then turns around

f Whoever is sitting on that seat has to have the conversation with the teacher

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Mime Pass

a Divide the class into two teams b Have students line up in the classroom with

back facing the teacher c Say ldquoGordquo and have the first student turn

around d Teacher gestures for the first student Then the

first student gestures for the next student ndash one at a time the students turn around as the gesture is passed down the line

e The last student in the line guesses what the sentence is

10

f Have the last student come to the front of the line and begin again to ensure that everyone gets a chance to be the first and last student

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Dd

2 Activity Hot Potato

a Teacher prepares a ball b Let the students sit in a circle

c Teacher plays the music d The students pass the ball while listening to

the music e When the music stops the student who is

holding the ball needs to repeat the words or the sentences

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the correct vocabulary box

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo

2 Activity Pass the Ball

a Teacher prepares a ball b Teacher gestures for the first student c Start timing and pass the ball to the student

who answers and gestures for the next student

d Have the students continue passing the ball around as each gestures and answers in turn

e When the ball comes back to you and the last student gestures to you stop the time when

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

5

Unit 1

Vocabulary apple boy cat dog

ant ball car desk

Sentence pattern

1 Hi my name is Jack Hello my name is Annie

2 Nice to meet you Nice to meet you too

3 Raise your hand 4 Take out your book 5 Open your book 6 Put away your book

Objectives 1 To teach upper and lower case alphabet letters Aa to Dd 2 To teach basic greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer a puppet a soft ball bottles a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoA a a aelig aelig aeligrdquo Write Aa on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

2 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b b b b b C c c k k k D d d d d d

3 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 8 P 9 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

4 Activity Lightning Flash

a Divide the class into two teams b Call out a student from each team and have

6

them stand back to back c Give each student an alphabet flash card d Count to three and have two students turn

around e The first student to say the other studentrsquos

letter gets a point 5 Take out the apple flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoA aelig applerdquo

6 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b boy Ck cat D d dog etc

7 Activity Hop Hop Hop

a Put the flash cards in a row in the middle of the floor

b Call two students up to stand on either side of the row of flash cards Shout out a vocabulary word and have them hop until they stand next to that flash card

c Start slowly and then gradually build up speed After five to eight turns give each student a card and call up another two students

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 The teacher does self-introduction first ldquoHello I

am _____ldquo Next guide each student to reply ldquoHello I am ______rdquo Practice with each student one on one

T Hi I am _____ S Hi I am _____

Confirm that each student opens their mouth to practice

2 Activity Strike Devil

a Make use of ldquoHello I am _____rdquo and ldquoHi I am _____rdquo Repeat until each student is comfortable introducing himself or herself with this phrase

b Prepare a toy hammer and demonstrate its use Walk back and forth in front of the

7

students and stop suddenly in front of one student He or she must call out the name of another student If he or she is a slow reactor gently give a lsquoboprsquo to the desk with the toy hammer and let them start the next round of the game

c The teacher can also ask the game ldquoloserrdquo to come forward and demonstrate any letter of the alphabet with his or her body

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Utilize hand puppet to make conversation with students ldquoHellordquo and ldquohirdquo can be use interchangeably

A Hi my name is _____ B Hello my name is _____ A Nice to meet you B Nice to meet you too 2 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 3 Activity Who Has the Ball

a Have students go to the back of the classroom

b Have a student stand facing the whiteboard and throw back a ball to the students in the back

c Whoever catches the ball or picks it up must hold it behind him or her while all the other students also put their hands behind them pretending to hold a ball as well

d After throwing the ball the student in the front should slowly count down from three to one and then turn around

e The student gets three guesses to name the student who is actually holding the ball and have the conversation with him or her The student gets a point for the correct guess

f Make sure students donrsquot cheat and pass the ball back and forth to other students behind their backs

8

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let students finish one or two

questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Gotcha

a Go over all the flash cards and have students call out the words Then pick one flash card be the ldquobadrdquo flash card Tell students when they see this flash card they must run back to their seat and sit down

b Have the students stand in a circle Have them walk in a circle repeating the word until they see the next flash card

c Show the bad flash card as they run to sit down catch one of the students (a simple tag will do) That student has to pay a forfeit or repeat a number of flash-card words

d Pick a new bad flash card and start again 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoAardquo Drill phonics rdquoA a a aelig

aelig aeligrdquo 2 Show the ldquoapplerdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig applerdquo 3 Show the ldquoantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig antrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn ant eats an applerdquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Prepare four bottles for a to d b Divide the class into two teams c Have the students make two lines and then sit

down d Put the bottles in the middle of the floor

9

e Say one word for example ldquoapplerdquo then call out the number

f The students have to grab the correct bottle g The student who grabs the correct bottle first

wins 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 10 P 11 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Change

a Write ldquoChangerdquo on the board b Tell the students when teacher says

ldquoChangerdquo they have to change their seats c Number the seats in the classroom d Teacher turns to face the board and says

ldquoChangerdquo e After students have changed their seats the

teacher writes a number on the board then turns around

f Whoever is sitting on that seat has to have the conversation with the teacher

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Mime Pass

a Divide the class into two teams b Have students line up in the classroom with

back facing the teacher c Say ldquoGordquo and have the first student turn

around d Teacher gestures for the first student Then the

first student gestures for the next student ndash one at a time the students turn around as the gesture is passed down the line

e The last student in the line guesses what the sentence is

10

f Have the last student come to the front of the line and begin again to ensure that everyone gets a chance to be the first and last student

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Dd

2 Activity Hot Potato

a Teacher prepares a ball b Let the students sit in a circle

c Teacher plays the music d The students pass the ball while listening to

the music e When the music stops the student who is

holding the ball needs to repeat the words or the sentences

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the correct vocabulary box

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo

2 Activity Pass the Ball

a Teacher prepares a ball b Teacher gestures for the first student c Start timing and pass the ball to the student

who answers and gestures for the next student

d Have the students continue passing the ball around as each gestures and answers in turn

e When the ball comes back to you and the last student gestures to you stop the time when

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

6

them stand back to back c Give each student an alphabet flash card d Count to three and have two students turn

around e The first student to say the other studentrsquos

letter gets a point 5 Take out the apple flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoA aelig applerdquo

6 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd B b boy Ck cat D d dog etc

7 Activity Hop Hop Hop

a Put the flash cards in a row in the middle of the floor

b Call two students up to stand on either side of the row of flash cards Shout out a vocabulary word and have them hop until they stand next to that flash card

c Start slowly and then gradually build up speed After five to eight turns give each student a card and call up another two students

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 The teacher does self-introduction first ldquoHello I

am _____ldquo Next guide each student to reply ldquoHello I am ______rdquo Practice with each student one on one

T Hi I am _____ S Hi I am _____

Confirm that each student opens their mouth to practice

2 Activity Strike Devil

a Make use of ldquoHello I am _____rdquo and ldquoHi I am _____rdquo Repeat until each student is comfortable introducing himself or herself with this phrase

b Prepare a toy hammer and demonstrate its use Walk back and forth in front of the

7

students and stop suddenly in front of one student He or she must call out the name of another student If he or she is a slow reactor gently give a lsquoboprsquo to the desk with the toy hammer and let them start the next round of the game

c The teacher can also ask the game ldquoloserrdquo to come forward and demonstrate any letter of the alphabet with his or her body

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Utilize hand puppet to make conversation with students ldquoHellordquo and ldquohirdquo can be use interchangeably

A Hi my name is _____ B Hello my name is _____ A Nice to meet you B Nice to meet you too 2 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 3 Activity Who Has the Ball

a Have students go to the back of the classroom

b Have a student stand facing the whiteboard and throw back a ball to the students in the back

c Whoever catches the ball or picks it up must hold it behind him or her while all the other students also put their hands behind them pretending to hold a ball as well

d After throwing the ball the student in the front should slowly count down from three to one and then turn around

e The student gets three guesses to name the student who is actually holding the ball and have the conversation with him or her The student gets a point for the correct guess

f Make sure students donrsquot cheat and pass the ball back and forth to other students behind their backs

8

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let students finish one or two

questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Gotcha

a Go over all the flash cards and have students call out the words Then pick one flash card be the ldquobadrdquo flash card Tell students when they see this flash card they must run back to their seat and sit down

b Have the students stand in a circle Have them walk in a circle repeating the word until they see the next flash card

c Show the bad flash card as they run to sit down catch one of the students (a simple tag will do) That student has to pay a forfeit or repeat a number of flash-card words

d Pick a new bad flash card and start again 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoAardquo Drill phonics rdquoA a a aelig

aelig aeligrdquo 2 Show the ldquoapplerdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig applerdquo 3 Show the ldquoantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig antrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn ant eats an applerdquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Prepare four bottles for a to d b Divide the class into two teams c Have the students make two lines and then sit

down d Put the bottles in the middle of the floor

9

e Say one word for example ldquoapplerdquo then call out the number

f The students have to grab the correct bottle g The student who grabs the correct bottle first

wins 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 10 P 11 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Change

a Write ldquoChangerdquo on the board b Tell the students when teacher says

ldquoChangerdquo they have to change their seats c Number the seats in the classroom d Teacher turns to face the board and says

ldquoChangerdquo e After students have changed their seats the

teacher writes a number on the board then turns around

f Whoever is sitting on that seat has to have the conversation with the teacher

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Mime Pass

a Divide the class into two teams b Have students line up in the classroom with

back facing the teacher c Say ldquoGordquo and have the first student turn

around d Teacher gestures for the first student Then the

first student gestures for the next student ndash one at a time the students turn around as the gesture is passed down the line

e The last student in the line guesses what the sentence is

10

f Have the last student come to the front of the line and begin again to ensure that everyone gets a chance to be the first and last student

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Dd

2 Activity Hot Potato

a Teacher prepares a ball b Let the students sit in a circle

c Teacher plays the music d The students pass the ball while listening to

the music e When the music stops the student who is

holding the ball needs to repeat the words or the sentences

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the correct vocabulary box

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo

2 Activity Pass the Ball

a Teacher prepares a ball b Teacher gestures for the first student c Start timing and pass the ball to the student

who answers and gestures for the next student

d Have the students continue passing the ball around as each gestures and answers in turn

e When the ball comes back to you and the last student gestures to you stop the time when

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

7

students and stop suddenly in front of one student He or she must call out the name of another student If he or she is a slow reactor gently give a lsquoboprsquo to the desk with the toy hammer and let them start the next round of the game

c The teacher can also ask the game ldquoloserrdquo to come forward and demonstrate any letter of the alphabet with his or her body

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Utilize hand puppet to make conversation with students ldquoHellordquo and ldquohirdquo can be use interchangeably

A Hi my name is _____ B Hello my name is _____ A Nice to meet you B Nice to meet you too 2 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 3 Activity Who Has the Ball

a Have students go to the back of the classroom

b Have a student stand facing the whiteboard and throw back a ball to the students in the back

c Whoever catches the ball or picks it up must hold it behind him or her while all the other students also put their hands behind them pretending to hold a ball as well

d After throwing the ball the student in the front should slowly count down from three to one and then turn around

e The student gets three guesses to name the student who is actually holding the ball and have the conversation with him or her The student gets a point for the correct guess

f Make sure students donrsquot cheat and pass the ball back and forth to other students behind their backs

8

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let students finish one or two

questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Gotcha

a Go over all the flash cards and have students call out the words Then pick one flash card be the ldquobadrdquo flash card Tell students when they see this flash card they must run back to their seat and sit down

b Have the students stand in a circle Have them walk in a circle repeating the word until they see the next flash card

c Show the bad flash card as they run to sit down catch one of the students (a simple tag will do) That student has to pay a forfeit or repeat a number of flash-card words

d Pick a new bad flash card and start again 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoAardquo Drill phonics rdquoA a a aelig

aelig aeligrdquo 2 Show the ldquoapplerdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig applerdquo 3 Show the ldquoantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig antrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn ant eats an applerdquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Prepare four bottles for a to d b Divide the class into two teams c Have the students make two lines and then sit

down d Put the bottles in the middle of the floor

9

e Say one word for example ldquoapplerdquo then call out the number

f The students have to grab the correct bottle g The student who grabs the correct bottle first

wins 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 10 P 11 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Change

a Write ldquoChangerdquo on the board b Tell the students when teacher says

ldquoChangerdquo they have to change their seats c Number the seats in the classroom d Teacher turns to face the board and says

ldquoChangerdquo e After students have changed their seats the

teacher writes a number on the board then turns around

f Whoever is sitting on that seat has to have the conversation with the teacher

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Mime Pass

a Divide the class into two teams b Have students line up in the classroom with

back facing the teacher c Say ldquoGordquo and have the first student turn

around d Teacher gestures for the first student Then the

first student gestures for the next student ndash one at a time the students turn around as the gesture is passed down the line

e The last student in the line guesses what the sentence is

10

f Have the last student come to the front of the line and begin again to ensure that everyone gets a chance to be the first and last student

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Dd

2 Activity Hot Potato

a Teacher prepares a ball b Let the students sit in a circle

c Teacher plays the music d The students pass the ball while listening to

the music e When the music stops the student who is

holding the ball needs to repeat the words or the sentences

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the correct vocabulary box

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo

2 Activity Pass the Ball

a Teacher prepares a ball b Teacher gestures for the first student c Start timing and pass the ball to the student

who answers and gestures for the next student

d Have the students continue passing the ball around as each gestures and answers in turn

e When the ball comes back to you and the last student gestures to you stop the time when

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

8

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let students finish one or two

questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Gotcha

a Go over all the flash cards and have students call out the words Then pick one flash card be the ldquobadrdquo flash card Tell students when they see this flash card they must run back to their seat and sit down

b Have the students stand in a circle Have them walk in a circle repeating the word until they see the next flash card

c Show the bad flash card as they run to sit down catch one of the students (a simple tag will do) That student has to pay a forfeit or repeat a number of flash-card words

d Pick a new bad flash card and start again 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoAardquo Drill phonics rdquoA a a aelig

aelig aeligrdquo 2 Show the ldquoapplerdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig applerdquo 3 Show the ldquoantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoA

aelig antrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn ant eats an applerdquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Bb Cc Dd 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Prepare four bottles for a to d b Divide the class into two teams c Have the students make two lines and then sit

down d Put the bottles in the middle of the floor

9

e Say one word for example ldquoapplerdquo then call out the number

f The students have to grab the correct bottle g The student who grabs the correct bottle first

wins 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 10 P 11 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Change

a Write ldquoChangerdquo on the board b Tell the students when teacher says

ldquoChangerdquo they have to change their seats c Number the seats in the classroom d Teacher turns to face the board and says

ldquoChangerdquo e After students have changed their seats the

teacher writes a number on the board then turns around

f Whoever is sitting on that seat has to have the conversation with the teacher

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Mime Pass

a Divide the class into two teams b Have students line up in the classroom with

back facing the teacher c Say ldquoGordquo and have the first student turn

around d Teacher gestures for the first student Then the

first student gestures for the next student ndash one at a time the students turn around as the gesture is passed down the line

e The last student in the line guesses what the sentence is

10

f Have the last student come to the front of the line and begin again to ensure that everyone gets a chance to be the first and last student

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Dd

2 Activity Hot Potato

a Teacher prepares a ball b Let the students sit in a circle

c Teacher plays the music d The students pass the ball while listening to

the music e When the music stops the student who is

holding the ball needs to repeat the words or the sentences

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the correct vocabulary box

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo

2 Activity Pass the Ball

a Teacher prepares a ball b Teacher gestures for the first student c Start timing and pass the ball to the student

who answers and gestures for the next student

d Have the students continue passing the ball around as each gestures and answers in turn

e When the ball comes back to you and the last student gestures to you stop the time when

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

9

e Say one word for example ldquoapplerdquo then call out the number

f The students have to grab the correct bottle g The student who grabs the correct bottle first

wins 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 10 P 11 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Change

a Write ldquoChangerdquo on the board b Tell the students when teacher says

ldquoChangerdquo they have to change their seats c Number the seats in the classroom d Teacher turns to face the board and says

ldquoChangerdquo e After students have changed their seats the

teacher writes a number on the board then turns around

f Whoever is sitting on that seat has to have the conversation with the teacher

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Mime Pass

a Divide the class into two teams b Have students line up in the classroom with

back facing the teacher c Say ldquoGordquo and have the first student turn

around d Teacher gestures for the first student Then the

first student gestures for the next student ndash one at a time the students turn around as the gesture is passed down the line

e The last student in the line guesses what the sentence is

10

f Have the last student come to the front of the line and begin again to ensure that everyone gets a chance to be the first and last student

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Dd

2 Activity Hot Potato

a Teacher prepares a ball b Let the students sit in a circle

c Teacher plays the music d The students pass the ball while listening to

the music e When the music stops the student who is

holding the ball needs to repeat the words or the sentences

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the correct vocabulary box

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo

2 Activity Pass the Ball

a Teacher prepares a ball b Teacher gestures for the first student c Start timing and pass the ball to the student

who answers and gestures for the next student

d Have the students continue passing the ball around as each gestures and answers in turn

e When the ball comes back to you and the last student gestures to you stop the time when

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

10

f Have the last student come to the front of the line and begin again to ensure that everyone gets a chance to be the first and last student

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Dd

2 Activity Hot Potato

a Teacher prepares a ball b Let the students sit in a circle

c Teacher plays the music d The students pass the ball while listening to

the music e When the music stops the student who is

holding the ball needs to repeat the words or the sentences

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the correct vocabulary box

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoRaise your handrdquo ldquoTake out your bookrdquo ldquoOpen your bookrdquo and ldquoPut away your bookrdquo

2 Activity Pass the Ball

a Teacher prepares a ball b Teacher gestures for the first student c Start timing and pass the ball to the student

who answers and gestures for the next student

d Have the students continue passing the ball around as each gestures and answers in turn

e When the ball comes back to you and the last student gestures to you stop the time when

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

11

you answer f Write the time on the board Tell the students

they have to beat that time in order to get the point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 First demonstrate the skit to the class stand

outside the classroom door (the door is open) softly knock on the door and say ldquoKnock knock May I come inrdquo Instruct the class to answer ldquoPlease come inrdquo

2 Invite students to come up to the front of the class in pairs and take turns role-playing the skit

3 Tell students the story background of this page and ask them questions to make sure they understand the meaning of ldquoMay I come inrdquo

Whorsquos that 那是誰呀 The wolf咦 是大野狼耶 Hersquos so hungry 大野狼的肚子好餓喔 The wolf is standing in front of Grandmarsquos house and knocking at the door 大野狼正站在小紅帽奶奶家前並敲了奶奶家的門

Knock Knock Knock May I come in 叩叩叩(敲門聲)我可以進來嗎 Irsquom your granddaughter Little Red Riding Hood 我是你的孫女小紅帽 As soon as Grandma opens the door the wolf eats her up 當奶奶開了門大野狼就立刻將奶奶給吞進肚子裡了 Little Red Riding Hood follows the wolf She needs to save her grandma 小紅帽沿路跟著大野狼她必須快點將奶奶給救出來 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read through the lyrics from this lesson and explain their meaning to the students

2 Let students practice the chant 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Let students do the role play A Knock Knock B Who is it A Knock Knock B Who is it A Itrsquos me Itrsquos me Your Mommy

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

12

May I come in my sweetie B Yes yes Please come in

4 Divide the class into two groups (one group of ldquoMommiesrdquo and one group of ldquosweetiesrdquo) for practice Then let students practice in pairs Boys can be ldquoDaddiesrdquo if they donrsquot want to play ldquoMommiesrdquo

5 Play the CD and let students get familiar with the song following along with the words until they know it well

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

13

Unit 2

Vocabulary elephant fish goat house

egg frog girl hat

Sentence pattern

1 Good morning 2 Good afternoon 3 Good evening 4 Good night 5 Goodbye 6 How are you I am fine thank you 7 Come here 8 Go back 9 Turn around 10 Look at me

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ee to Hh in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a sticky ball magnets cards for the letters and the vocabulary puzzles a ping-pong ball a soft ball paper slips a mat a CD with ABC song

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Dd in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoE e e ε ε εrdquo Write Ee on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f f f f f G g g g g g H h h h

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

14

h h 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 18 P 19

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Alphabet Bingo

a Draw 9 squares on the whiteboard then fill in the letters Aa to Hh in the squares as the diagram below Write ldquoHellordquo in the middle square

b Prepare a sticky ball Divide students into two groups for competition

c Throw out the sticky ball then read out the letter that was hit Use a magnet or marker to mark that square

d The team to complete a line first wins e If the sticky ball hits the square with ldquoHellordquo on

it the student needs to say a ldquoHello _____rdquo sentence

Aa

Dd Ff

Ee

Hello ^_^

Bb

Gg

Cc Hh

6 Take out the elephant flash card and allow

students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoE ε elephantrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh F f fish Gg goat H h house etc

8 Activity Matching

a Draw sixteen squares on the board and label them A to D across the top and 1 to 4 down the side

b Prepare the cards for the letters and the vocabulary and stick the cards in the squares

c Divide the class into two teams

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

15

d Have the first student on Team A flip over two cards (For example A3 and D2) If they match (For example e and elephant) the team scores a point

e Continue the game until all of the items have been found

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use the time situation from the student book to

introduce ldquoGood morningrdquo ldquoGood afternoonrdquo ldquoGood eveningrdquo ldquoGood nightrdquo and ldquoGoodbyerdquo

2 Let the students do the role play 3 Activity Mute Boxing

a ldquoGood morningrdquo is represented by the forehead position ldquoGood afternoonrdquo is the ears and ldquoGood eveningrdquo is the chin

b Group students in pairs Students greet each other using the hand-to-face positions If the student being greeted uses the same position as the greeter he is eliminated

c When first playing this game you can use ldquomorningrdquo ldquoafternoonrdquo and ldquoeveningrdquo to play to decrease the degree of difficulty When students get familiar with the game add ldquoGoodrdquo onto the phrases

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Spinning Round

a Ask the students in class to create an inner and outer circle moving in opposite directions (one clockwise the other counterclockwise)

b Play the song asking students to walk and sing at the same time

c When the music stops the corresponding students from the inner and outer circle have to answer each other

d The following greetings can be used

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

16

Good morning Good afternoon Good evening Good night Goodbye

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ee to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Hit the Mole

a Scatter the vocabulary flash cards on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call out one student from each team to

remove their shoes d Give the students a vocabulary word e The students must find the word stand on it

then say F f fish The fastest gets a point f Teacher may place the cards far away from

each other to make the game more difficult 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoEerdquo Drill phonics rdquoE e e ε ε

εrdquo 2 Show the ldquoelephantrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquoE ε elephantrdquo 3 Show the ldquoeggrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquoE

ε eggrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoAn elephant plays with eggsrdquo

Ask the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Ff Gg Hh 6 Activity Puzzles Game

a Teacher prepares two sets of puzzles b Put the puzzles on the floor and write down

the sentences on the board c Call out the number and say the sentence d The students have to find out the picture and

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

17

stick the picture under the correct sentence e They have to repeat the sentence again f The first student to complete wins

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 20 P 21

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Catch or Blow a Teacher prepares a ping-pong ball and put

the ball in the middle of the desk b Teacher calls out one student from each

team and has them stand on either side of the desk

c They have to do the role play first d Then they have to listen carefully to the

teacher e If teacher says rdquoCatchrdquo they have to catch

the ball The student who catches the ball first gets a point

f If teacher says ldquoBlowrdquo they have to blow the ball If the ball falls down on hisher side heshe is the loser

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Simon Says

a Use classroom English above plus previously learned ldquoRaise your handrdquo etc

b Students must hear the ldquoSimon says (teacher says)rdquo command before doing the action If the students donrsquot hear ldquoSimonteacher saysrdquo they must stay still and keep silent For example Simon says ldquoTurn aroundrdquo then students turn around

c If any student speaks out of turn the teacher can ask them to write the alphabet using their bottom as a minor punishment

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

18

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ee to Hh

2 Activity Who Is ldquoItrdquo a Let the students sit in a circle b Choose one student to be ldquoItrdquo Give himher

a ball c HeShe walks around the circle Suddenly

heshe puts the ball behind another student The student will be the ldquorunnerrdquo

d Then ldquoItrdquo runs around the circle to take the runnerrsquos spot

e The runner chases ldquoItrdquo around the circle to catch It

f If unable to do so the runner becomes ldquoItrdquo g HeShe has to repeat the words or the

sentences 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Students listen to CD and checkmark the

correct vocabulary box 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoCome hererdquo ldquoGo backrdquo

ldquoTurn aroundrdquo and ldquoLook at merdquo 2 Activity Run and Say

a Place a mat on the floor Prepare two sets of paper slips with the sentences on them (One set for each team)

b Students sit in a circle and pass their paper slip to the person on their right until teacher says ldquoStoprdquo

c Teacher gestures for the students The students who end up with the sentence

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

19

must run to the mat The first to reach the mat and say the sentence gets a point

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoStand uprdquo and ldquoSit downrdquo

Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Explain the background of the story in the student book ldquoAlice in Wonderlandrdquo This scene is a dinner conversation between Alice and the Queen

The queen invites Alice to her palace 今天皇后邀請 Alice 來皇宮裡作客 Look There is a lot of delicious food on the dining table 餐桌上有好多好多好吃的食物 Letrsquos take a look at how much food there is 讓我們一起來看看到底有多少食物呢 There are some fruit cake toast and chicken 餐桌上有水果蛋糕吐司和雞肉呢 They smell so good 它們好香喔 Alice is very hungry Alice 肚子非常的餓 When she sees so much yummy food her mouth canrsquot stop watering 當 Alice 看到這麼多好吃的食物都忍不住要流口水了

3 Let the students do the role play 20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Teacher leads the reading of these lines

Stand up Stand up Raise your hand Sit down Sit down You are smart 2 Practice a few times until students are familiar

with it 3 Play the CD letting students read the line out

following the tempo 4 Harmonize with TPR action for example ldquoYou are

smartrdquo while giving the thumbs-up sign Let students read and dance at the same time

5 Activity Carrot Squat

a Divide the class into four teams The team names for the 4 groups are ldquoStand uprdquo ldquoRaise your handldquo ldquoSit downrdquo and ldquoYou are

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

20

smartrdquo b Have each time recite their own chant and

do the action Show the chant on the board to make it easier

Team ldquoStand uprdquo Stand up stand up then raise your hand

Team ldquoRaise your handrdquo Raise your hand raise your hand then sit down

c Teachers can ask students to increase speed to add the excitement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

21

Unit 3

Vocabulary Indian jet kite lollipop

igloo jar king lion

Sentence pattern

1 What is your name My name is Annie

2 Who is he He is my father

3 Who is she She is my mother

4 Listen to me 5 Repeat after me 6 Point and say 7 Hold up your book

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Ii to Ll in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily life conversation

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards garbage bags poker cards a bottle buckets a soft ball a die mats

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Hh in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoI i i I I Irdquo Write Ii on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J j j dЗ dЗ dЗ K k k k k k L l l l l l

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 28 P 29 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

22

5 Activity Whatrsquos Missing

a Stick the alphabet flash cards on the board b Call up a student from each team facing

away from the board c Teacher takes away one card d Say ldquoGordquo The students should then turn

around to see which card is missing e The first to answer correctly gets a point

6 Take out the Indian flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoI I Indianrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll J dЗ jet Kk kite L l lollipop etc

8 Activity Skipper

a Divide the class into two teams Give each team a big garbage bag

b Stick the flash cards on the board c Place bags at the back of the classroom d Teacher says a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

and the students will have to use the bag to hop to the board touch the correct picture card and say ldquoI I Indianrdquo

e The faster one gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Teacher starts with self-introduction

T Hello My name is _____ What is your name Guide each student to say their own name

S My name is _____ 2 When students say their own names please

correct the pronunciation For example the lips close tight at the end of the ldquoMrdquo soundhellip etc

3 Activity Paper-Scissors-Stone a Give each student three poker cards b The students need to find one classmate to

ask himher the question ldquoWhat is your namerdquo c Then they do ldquoPaper-Scissors-Stonerdquo

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

23

d The loser needs to give the winner one card e The student who has no more cards needs to

go back to hisher seat f The student who has the most cards is the

winner 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Spin the Bottle a Have the students sit in a circle b Teacher prepares a bottle and puts the

bottle in the middle of the circle c Teacher spins the bottle d Two students can be selected by both ends

of the bottle for conversation practice

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Ii to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Throw It

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write ldquoirdquo to ldquolrdquo on the pails

b Divide the class into two teams c Give students a word for example ldquoIndianrdquo

Students must say it out loud for example ldquoI I Indianrdquo then throw the ball into the ldquoirdquo bucket

d If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoIirdquo Drill phonics rdquoI i i I I Irdquo

2 Show the ldquokittenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I kittenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoigloordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo I I igloordquo

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

24

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA kitten is in an igloordquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Jj Kk Ll 6 Activity Chairs

a Divide students into two teams b Have each team send out a representative c Place four chairs at the front of the class Stick

ldquoIirdquo ldquoJjrdquo ldquoKkrdquo and ldquoLlrdquo on the chairs d Show or say a word for example ldquoigloordquo The

students have to figure out which letter this word belongs to then sit on the correct chair

e After sitting on the chair the student has to repeat the letter phonics and word for example ldquoigloordquo I I igloo The fastest scores a point

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 30 P 31

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Throw the Ball a Teacher prepares a ball b Have students to stand on the chair (Remind

them about the safety) c Teacher asks the question ldquoWhat is your

namerdquo Then throw the ball to the student d The student has to answer then ask the

question and throw the ball to the next student

e The student who drops the ball needs to sit down

f The last student who is still standing is the winner

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

25

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo Gradually increase the speed to make it more interesting

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board b Teacher rolls the die or lets the students roll

the die c They have to do the action according to the

number For example 1 Hold up your book They have to hold up their books

d The last one to do so either answers your question or gets a penalty

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Ii to Ll

2 Activity Spin a Explain the rules to the students by acting

them out b Pick a student to roll the die c If the student gets a 1 he or she reads the

word or the sentence once and gets a point d If the student gets a 2 3 4 or 5 the class must

say the word or the sentence that number of times For example the die roll is a 3 they have to repeat the word or the sentence three times

e If the student gets a 6 the whole class must stand up turn around and sit down The last student to sit down has to repeat the words or the sentences

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

26

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and color the correct answers

2 Students listen to CD and circle the correct answers

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoListen to merdquo ldquoRepeat after merdquo ldquoPoint and sayrdquo and ldquoHold up your bookrdquo

2 Activity Baseball Game

a Place four mats on the floor as bases b Divide the class into two teams They take

turns to answer the questions c Choose one student to gesture for the

students Have the first student from team A to answer the question HeShe can run a base for each correct answer

d At the end of the game the team with the most number of runs wins

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate the body language to express the

urge to go to the bathroom then teach the ldquoExcuse me May I go to the bathroomrdquo sentence

2 Have students read the phrase several times then teach the reply ldquoYes you mayrdquo

3 Ask students to take turns doing this conversation with the teacher correcting studentsrsquo pronunciation on ldquobathroomrdquo

4 Explain that the story takes place at the Candy House

Wow There is a candy house 哇 那是糖果屋耶 It is made of some candy bread chocolate donuts cherries cookies and candy canes 糖果屋是用糖果麵包巧克力甜甜圈櫻桃餅乾還

有拐杖糖做成的喔 Hansel and Gretel get lost in the forest and the witch locks them in the cage Hansel and Gretel 這對兄妹在森林裡迷路了最後被巫

婆關在籠子裡 They are scared and hungry They donrsquot know what to do

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

27

他們又害怕又飢餓也不知道該怎麼辦 They look around the cage and see chocolate and cookies everywhere 他們看看周圍發現籠子裡有好多巧克力和餅乾呢 They are very happy now because they eat a lot of chocolate and cookies 他們現在很開心因為飢餓的他們吃到很多巧克力和餅乾

呢 5 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the verse and lead the students in reading it 2-3 times until they are familiar with it

2 Divide the verse into two parts and let the students do the role play Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom May I go May I go Group 2 Yes you may Yes you may Group 1 Excuse me I have to go to the

bathroom I canrsquot wait I canrsquot wait Group 2 OK OK Go go go

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

28

Unit 4

Vocabulary monkey nurse ox pig milk nose octopus pink

Sentence pattern

1 What is it It is a ball

2 May I borrow your pencil 3 May I drink some water 4 May I ask a question 5 May I go

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Mm to Pp in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily greetings

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a CD with ABC song several pieces blank A4 paper bottles a box soft balls blocks

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Ll in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoM m m m m mrdquo Write Mm on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp rdquoN n n n n n O o o a a a P p p p p p

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 42 P 43 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Alphabet Parade

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

29

a Place the flash cards of Aa to Pp in a circle on the floor

b Ask the students to stand outside of the circle and to walk clockwise around it

c Prepare the English ABC Song CD When the music begins students start walking around the circle

d The teacher controls the music When the music stops ask students to stand still and read the card that is closest to them out loud

e Play the music and continue the parade In the second round have students read out both the nearest card and the cards adjacent to it

6 Take out the monkey flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquoM m monkeyrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp N n nurse Oa ox P p pig etc

8 Activity Lucky Draw a Teacher sticks the flash cards on the wall

around the classroom b Choose one student to come up and face

the board c The rest of the students have to choose one

word and stand in front of it d The student who stands in front of the board

can say a word For example ldquopigrdquo e The students who stand in front of ldquopigrdquo can

get a point 10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare 2 puppets or stuffed toys for

conversational use in role play A How are you _____ B (Make a voice for the toy) I am fine Thank

you B How are you _____ A (Make another voice for second toy) I am

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

30

OK Thank you 2 Explain ldquoI am finerdquo and ldquoI am OKrdquo The first one is

ldquoI am finerdquo next one is ldquoI am OKrdquo Explain the slight difference in meaning

3 Activity Little Market Investigator

a Count the students and prepare the same quantity of blank sheets

b Give students 3 minutes to look for other classmates and ask the following questions What is your name How are you

c When asked the students write their names on the investigatorrsquos paper

d Investigator writes down intervieweersquos condition by using ldquoI am finerdquo Or ldquoI am OKrdquo sentences

e When the time is up calculate who has the biggest interview list and give encouragement

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Who Is HeShe

a Students take turns to come up and face the board

b HeShe asks the question rdquoHow are yourdquo c Have only one student answer the question

using a funny voice The student who can correctly guess the speaker gets a point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

31

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Mm to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Circle It

a Teacher sticks the alphabet flash cards on the board Upper case for one team and lower case for another

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says a word e The students need to circle the letter for the

word and repeat the word 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoMmrdquo Drill phonics rdquoM m m

m m mrdquo 2 Show the ldquomonkeyrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat

ldquo M m monkeyrdquo 3 Show the ldquomilkrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo M

m milkrdquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoThe monkey likes milkrdquo Ask the

students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Nn Oo Pp 6 Activity Bottles Game

a Teacher puts the bottles for Mm to Pp on the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher says the word or the sentence e The students have to kick the correct bottle

and repeat the words or the sentences 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 44 P 45 10 min Break Time

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

32

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Review the conversation Let the students have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Whatrsquos Wrong a Divide the class into two teams b Read the conversation while the students

listen c Deliberately make a mistake such as

changing a word d The first student to shout ldquoThatrsquos wrongrdquo and

say the correct sentence wins a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo

ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Catch the Ball a Divide the class into two teams b Call up two students from the same team

One student holds a box at the front of the classroom and the other holds five balls at the back of the classroom

c Teacher gestures for the students They have to say the correct sentence

d If correct the student at the back throws all five balls to the student at the front

e The student at the front tries to catch the balls

f Each ball caught in the box is worth a point for the team

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

33

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Mm to Pp

2 Activity Hopping a Teacher puts the alphabet flash cards on the

floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Give each student a ball They have to put

the ball between their knees e Teacher says the word or the sentence f The students have to hop to the correct letter

and repeat the word or the sentence g The faster one gets a point

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Ask students to listen to CD carefully write English alphabet on 4 alphabet practice lines correctly

2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then connect to corresponding pictures

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoMay I borrow your pencilrdquo ldquoMay I drink some waterrdquo ldquoMay I ask a questionrdquo and ldquoMay I gordquo

2 Activity Blocks a Spread the blocks on the floor b Call up one student from each team c Choose one student to gesture for them d If they can say the correct sentence play

begins e Say ldquoGordquo and count down from five to one

In that time the students must stack as many blocks as possible

f The student with the taller tower gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate this phrase for the students Borrow

a piece of paper from a student and accidently drop it With an embarrassed expression say ldquoI am sorryrdquo

2 Have students practice this daily language in

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

34

class and teach them how to use it in their everyday life

3 Explain the story background for ldquoGoldilocks and the Three Bearsrdquo In the student book story we change Goldilocks into Ludi He accidentally breaks into the house of the Three Bears

The three bears come back home and find someone has eaten their porridge 森林裡住著三隻小熊有一天他們回家後發現有人吃了他

們的粥 They feel surprised 他們感到好驚訝 Then they go upstairs to the room They find one of the chairs is broken 他們走到樓上的房間查看又發現其中一個椅子壞了

They look around and find that Ludi is sleeping on one of their beds 他們四周看看發現 Ludi 竟然睡在他們的床上 Just then Ludi wakes up and says sorry to the three bears 過不久Ludi 醒了過來並趕緊向三隻小熊道歉 He is just too tired and falls asleep 原來 Ludi 太累了就不知不覺睡著了 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Read the chant to the class once with lots of expression Lead students to read the chant over and over again until they are quite familiar with it

2 Explain that the person in the chant is late for class and he is apologizing to the teacher

3 Divide the class into group A and group B for role-play practice A Sorry sorry I am sorry

I am late I am late B OK OK Itrsquos OK Please come in

4 Ask a volunteer to come up to the stage for role-play and give an encouragement

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

35

Unit 5

Vocabulary queen rabbit snake tiger

quilt rat sun toe

Sentence pattern

1 Thank you 2 You are welcome 3 I know 4 I am done 5 Sorry I am late 6 Please help me

Objectives 1 To teach letters Qq to Tt 2 To teach useful responses

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a toy hammer soft balls conversation strips a box a die newspapers

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Pp in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo Write Qq on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r r r r r S s s s s s T t t t t t

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 52 P 53 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Show Me Yes or No

a Review all the letters first

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

36

b Ask the class to stand up Teacher says the letter and shows the flash card If teacher says it correctly they hold their hands up and form a circle above their head If no they cross their arms and form an rdquoxrdquo in front of their chest

c If they are wrong or a little bit slow they have to sit down

d At the end those who still standing can get a point

6 Take out the queen flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt R r rabbit Ss snake T t tiger etc

8 Activity Catch the Thief a Put one chair in the middle of the classroom

Have students sit in a circle around the chair b Choose one student to be the ldquothiefrdquo and

give himher a toy hammer Give the rest of the students a flashcard

c The thief can walk around and say the word Finally upon saying a random studentrsquos word the thief hits the studentrsquos desk with the hammer and the student becomes the police officer

d Then the thief runs and puts the hammer on the chair and tries to sit down before the police man gets the hammer and hit himher

e If the thief runs back safely the police officer becomes the new thief If not the old thief is still the thief

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Prepare a bag of candy in advance Give a

candy to one of the students and guide himher to say ldquoThank yourdquo Then teacher replies ldquoYou are welcomerdquo

2 Distribute candy to other students until all

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

37

students say ldquoThank yourdquo Then everyone can enjoy hisher candy

3 Let the students do the role play 4 Activity Lucky Balls a Teacher prepares two balls b Have the students sit in a circle c Teacher plays the ABC song The students

need to pass the ball in clockwise d When the music stops the two students who

have the balls need to have the conversation with each other

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Find Your Partner a Prepare several strips of paper with parts of

the conversation written on it A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome b Give each student a strip with the sentence

on it c They have to find their partner A Happy birthday Jack This is for you B Wow It is a robot A Thank you B You are welcome d If they find their partner they can go to the

teacher and read the conversation then get the point

e When time is up they have to go back to their seat Have the groups that have the correct conversation come up to the front and read the conversation to the class

f Have them return the strips Exchange the strips (A to B and B to A) and continue the

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

38

game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Qq to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Treasure Hunter a Divide the class into two teams b Ask one student from each team to go out of

the classroom c Teacher gives the rest of the students the

flashcards They can hide the flash cards around the classroom

d When itrsquos ready the two students outside the classroom need to come into the classroom and find the flash cards

e The student who finds more flash cards is the winner

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoQrdquo Drill phonics rdquoQ q q kw kw kwrdquo

2 Show the ldquoqueenrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw queenrdquo

3 Show the ldquoquiltrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Q kw quiltrdquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA little queen is wearing a quiltrdquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Rr Ss Tt 6 Activity Get the Ball

a Prepare four balls Stick Qq to Tt on the balls b Divide students into two teams Each team

sends out a student c Place the balls in the middle of the room and

stand the two students on either side of the classroom

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

39

d Show students a card for example ldquoquiltrdquo The students will have to race for the Qq ball and say Q kw quilt

e The fastest gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 54 P 55 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Please Follow Me a The students have to find one classmate to

have the conversation with each other b Then they can do paper scissors stone The

loser needs to follow the winner c Then they have to find another group to have

the conversation again The whole team needs to read the conversation together

d The game will continue until there are two teams

e They have the conversation and do the paper scissors stone The winner team can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo

2 Activity Wallball a Place a box near the front wall of the

classroom b Use the tape to make a line in the middle of

the classroom c Divide the class into two teams d Call up one student from each team e Teacher chooses one student to gesture for

the students f If they answer correctly they can throw the

ball twice g They have to bounce the ball off the wall

once before landing it in the box h If the ball is in the box the can get a point

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

40

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Qq to Tt

2 Activity Wall Tag a Teacher sticks the alphabet letter cards on

the board b Call out one student from each team to

stand at the front of the classroom c Ask a student to roll the die If the number on

the die is 2 the students have to run to the back and tag the wall and then run to the front and tag the wall (one tag for each number on the die)

d When they finish they have to touch the correct letter card on the board

e The first one to complete wins 10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write

the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines 2 Listen to CD circle the correct answers then

connect to corresponding pictures 25 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Class Time 1 Use TPR to review ldquoI knowrdquo ldquoI am donerdquo ldquoSorry I

am laterdquo and ldquoPlease help merdquo 2 Activity Newspaper a Give each student a piece of newspaper b Ask the students to stand on the newspaper c Teacher gestures for the students They have

to answer quickly d The fastest one is safe The rest of the students

need to fold their paper e They are out if they canrsquot stand on the paper

anymore f The last student still standing on the paper is

the winner 10 min Break Time

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

41

20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Teacher can make up various situations in the classroom for saying ldquoThank yourdquo ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo For example borrow stationery from a student give a student something hellip etc

2 Explain the story background for ldquoSnow Whiterdquo The bad queen comes to the forest dressed up as a lady who sells apples finds Snow White and gives her a big red apple Snow White happily accepts this poisoned red apple and then says to the bad queen ldquoThank yourdquo The bad queen then replies with wicked intentions (and a really cool witch voice) ldquoYoursquore welcomerdquo

The queen knows where Snow White lives and disguises herself as a witch 壞心皇后知道了白雪公主的住處後將自己打扮成巫婆的

模樣 She takes a poisoned apple and goes to the Dwarfsrsquo house 她拿著一顆有毒的蘋果並前往小矮人的小木屋 When she sees Snow White she gives her the poisoned apple 皇后假裝好心的給了白雪公主這顆有毒的蘋果 As soon as Snow White bites the apple she feels dizzy and faints outside the house 沒想到當白雪公主咬了一口蘋果她馬上感覺頭暈並昏

倒在小木屋外了 3 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 The teacher can first tell a story The bad queen always wants to set up Snow White which makes her life unhappy One day she finally finds her conscience She realizes Snow White is innocent and sweet and starts to change her attitude and treats Snow White well Snow White sweet and kind as usual often gives flowers and gifts to the queen

2 The teacher reads the chant first and the students repeat Students read the chant over a few times until they are familiar with it

3 Divide the class into two groups Snow White

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

42

and the Queen to make a role-play A Mommy Mommy I love you This is for you

dear Mommy B Thank you Thank you Yoursquore so sweet A Yoursquore welcome Dear Mommy

4 Play the CD let students become familiar with the song then follow the CD while reading the chant a few times

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

43

Unit 6

Vocabulary umbrella vampire window x-ray

under vase watermelon box

Sentence pattern

1 I am a boy 2 I am a girl 3 Letrsquos dance 4 Letrsquos sing 5 Letrsquos clap 6 Letrsquos go 7 Letrsquos line up 8 Itrsquos my turn 9 One more time 10 Teacher choose me 11 Is this right

Objectives 1 To teach alphabet letters Uu to Xx in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards strings a timer mats a piece of paper buckets a soft ball colored tape a sticky ball a CD with ABC song blocks toy hammers a die

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Tt in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo Write Uu on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v v v v v W w w w w w X x x

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

44

ks ks ks 4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 62 P 63

Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines 5 Activity Team Work

a First prepare two strings b Draw 2 sets of 4 alphabet practice lines on

the whiteboard making lines long enough for students to write on them

c Divide the class into two groups for three-legged pairs

d Each group sends two students out using strings to tie one personrsquos leg to the other personrsquos leg to create a three-legged pair

e They stand at the back of the classroom Teacher says a letter They have to walk to the board and write down the letter One student writes the uppercase and the other writes the lower case

f Whichever team completes the letters correctly first wins

6 Take out the umbrella flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

7 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx V v vampire Ww window X ks x-ray etc

8 Activity Memory Game

a Divide the class into two teams b Ask three students to stand in front of the

class Give each a flash card c Ask the rest of the class to memorize who is

holding what in 10 seconds Afterwards switch the card-holders around and ask the class ldquoWhat does _____ haverdquo

d Students must raise their hands to answer For example U ^ umbrella Ask himher to show the card again to the class If the answer is correct that team gets a point

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

45

10 min Break Time 20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Use TPR to instruct the actions from this lesson

Letrsquos dance twist body then make a turn Letrsquos sing grab the marker pretend itrsquos a

microphone and sing loudly Letrsquos clap clap few times Letrsquos go bring hand out from behind your back

and make the gesture of leaving Can also use thumb to swing back and forth

Letrsquos line up ask students to make a line 2 When students understand the meaning behind

it ask the class to do the actions and loudly call out these sentences used in the classroom

3 Activity Lucky Seat

a Teacher places a chair in the front of the classroom

b Teacher prepares a timer c Teacher chooses a student to gesture for the

class d Teacher starts timing (thirty seconds) The

students take turns to sit on the chair and guess the sentence

e When time is up The student who sits on the chair will be the next one to gesture for the class

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Daily Life

1 Let the students do the role play They have the conversation with each other

2 Activity Moving Forward

a Teacher lays five mats in a row in the middle of the floor

b Divide the class into two teams c Each team stands on either side of the

classroom One team stands at the front of the classroom and the other stands at the back of the classroom

d Have the first student from each team to have the conversation first Then they can do

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

46

the paper scissors stone The winner can move forward and continue the game The loser has to go back to hisher team and itrsquos the next studentrsquos turn

e If the team can go to the other teamrsquos base they can get the point

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Uu to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity What Do You See

a Cut a hole in a piece of paper b Place a flash card behind the piece of paper

so students can only see part of the card Move the paper so that different bits of the card can be seen

c When a student guesses the picture correctly show the card and let the whole class repeat for example ldquoU ^ umbrellardquo

30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoUrdquo Drill phonics rdquoU u u ^ ^ ^rdquo

2 Show the ldquounderrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ underrdquo

3 Show the ldquoumbrellardquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo U ^ umbrellardquo

4 Drill the sentence ldquoA bug is under an umbrellardquo Ask the students to follow with their fingers

5 Utilize the same technique to teach Vv Ww Xx 6 Activity Buckets Game

a Prepare four buckets and a ball Write Uu to Xx on the buckets

b Divide the students into two teams Have the teams take turns playing the game

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

47

c Give students a word for example under Students must say for example U ^ under then throw the ball into the ldquoUurdquo bucket If the ball lands in the bucket the team gets a point

d Give each student more than one chance to practice

7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on P 64 P 65

10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Sticky Ball

a Teacher writes the studentsrsquo names on the board

b Teacher uses the colored tape to make a circle on the floor

c Ask students to stand in a circle Teacher plays the music The students march along with the music

d When the music stops the student who stands in the circle can throw the sticky ball to the names on the board

e The student whose name was hit needs to have the conversation with the thrower

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Falling Tower

a Teacher prepares some blocks b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Choose one student to gesture for the

students e They have to say the sentence quickly f The slower one needs to add one block to

the tower for their team g The team whose tower collapses first is the

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

48

loser

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Uu to Xx

2 Activity Hitting Game a Teacher scatters the alphabet flash cards on

the floor b Divide the class into two teams c Call up one student from each team d Teacher gives each one a toy hammer e Teacher says the word or the sentence The

students have to hit the corresponding letter on the floor

f The faster one can get a point The student who gets five points first is the winner

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Students listen to the CD carefully and write the alphabet letters on the 4 practice lines

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoItrsquos my turnrdquo ldquoOne more timerdquo and ldquoTeacher choose merdquo and ldquoIs this rightrdquo

2 Activity Roll the Die a Teacher writes down the sentences on the

board Number the sentences from one to six (Number five free point number six a bomb)

b Divide the class into two teams c Choose one student to roll the die d They have to do the action according to the

number e The team which does the action first can get

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

49

a point f If they roll five they can get a free point If

they roll six teacher will take away all the points

10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Demonstrate ldquoBe carefulrdquo to the students in the

following manner Prepare a puppet move a chair up next to the whiteboard stand on the chair as if you are attaching flash cards and pretend you are about to fall down carelessly The hand puppet will immediately say ldquoBe carefulrdquo

2 Have students carefully pronounce ldquoBe carefulrdquo

3 Explain the story background of ldquoJack and the Beanstalkrdquo When Jack climbs up the tall beanstalk his mom stands worrying below and says to him with great concern in her voice ldquoBe carefulrdquo

There is a boy called Jack who leads a poor life with his mother 有個名叫傑克的小男孩他和媽媽相依為命過著窮苦的

生活 One day he exchanges his cow with a stranger for some magic beans 有一天他將家裡僅剩的一頭牛和路上的陌生人換了一些

神奇的豌豆 His mother is so angry and throws all the beans in the yard 傑克的媽媽知道了很生氣並氣憤地將豌豆隨手丟棄在庭

院裡 The morning after when he steps outside Jack sees an amazing sight 隔天早上當傑克走到庭院裡他被這驚人的景象給嚇呆

了 A big beanstalk reaches far into the clouds It has grown overnight 原來一夜之間豌豆長成了一株直達雲端的巨大豌豆樹 Jack tells his mom that he wants to climb up the plant into the sky

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

50

傑克告訴媽媽他想要爬到天空上去看看 His mom asks him to be careful and come back soon 傑克媽媽交代傑克要小心並且要快點回家 After Jack climbs up into the sky he sees a huge house there 爬呀爬傑克終於爬到了豌豆樹的頂端他看到了一棟好

大的房子 Who lives in the house 到底是誰住在這裡呀 The giant lives in the house 原來是巨人住在這裡喔 4 Let the students do the role play

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 Explain the meaning of the chant and lead students to read it a few times until they are familiar with the content

2 Divide the class into 3 teams one representing the red light the other green light another the yellow light Team A (Green light) Green lights green lights

Go Go Go Team B (Red light) Red lights red lights Stop

Stop Stop Team C (Yellow light) When you see the yellow

lights wait wait Be careful

3 Teacher calls out a color and the students in that color group must call out their chant together

4 Activity Traffic Light

a Move desks and chairs into another corner of the classroom letting students have enough space for this game

b Make sure students understand the meaning of red green and yellow traffic lights

Red light Stop Green light Go Yellow light Be careful

c The teacher demonstrates how to be ldquoItrdquo He or she walks quickly around the classroom (remind students to walk not run indoors) and

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

51

as the teacher approaches a student the student calls out ldquoRed lightrdquo The teacher must stop

d The students still moving have to say ldquoGreen lightrdquo and be careful not to be caught by the teacher

e The first student who said ldquoRed lightrdquo cannot move but wait for another student to rescue himher The rescuer touches the frozen student and says ldquoYellow lightrdquo Then they are free to go

f The first person is unable to change lights fast enough is caught by the teacher and he or she becomes ldquoItrdquo ready to chase others

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

52

Unit 7

Vocabulary yo-yo zebra

yellow zoo

Sentence pattern

1 How do you feel today I am happy I am sad

3 I can do it 4 I donrsquot understand 5 Please say it again 6 I forgot my book

Objectives 1 To teach letters Yy to Zz in upper and lower case 2 To teach daily conversations

Supplementary materials

Alphabet flash cards vocabulary flash cards a soft ball a die pictures of expressions two bags small letter cards balls mats envelopes pokers a sticky ball a bottle magnets number cards

Teaching plan

Day 1

Time Topic Steps

60 min ABC Fun 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Xx in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Using the alphabet flash cards teach lower and upper case and lead the class in reading out rdquoY y y j j jrdquo Write Yy on the alphabet practice lines to help students understand the correct position of lower and upper case letters

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz Z z z z z z

4 Exercise Complete the exercise on P 72 Students write the letters on the 4 practice lines

5 Activity Letter Fishing

a Divide the class into two teams

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

53

b Teacher scatters the alphabet letter cards on the floor The upper case at the front of the classroom The lower case at the back of the classroom

c Call up two students from the same team They stand back to back in the middle of the classroom

d When teacher says ldquoGordquo they have to choose one card One chooses the upper case the other chooses the lower case

e Then teacher says ldquoTurn over the cardrdquo They have to say the letter for example Y y y j j j

f If they choose the same letter They can get one point If they donrsquot they put the cards back

6 Take out the yo-yo flash card and allow students to make the letter to word connection while practicing ldquo Y j yo-yordquo

3 Utilize the same technique to teach Z Z z zebra etc

4 Activity Over My Head a Teacher puts two sets of flash cards on the

board and makes two lists One for Team A the other for Team B

b Divide the class into two teams and have them line up facing the board Give the first student in each line a ball

c When teacher says ldquoGordquo the first student of each team says the first word and passes the ball to the second one The other students do the same

d The last student get the ball runs to the board and check the first word goes back to the front of the line and says the second word

e Continue through all the words The first team to complete all the words wins

10 min Break Time

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

54

20 min SAY FOR FUN 1 Draw a happy face and a sad face on the whiteboard When drawing the expressions say ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo (Use happy and sad voices)

2 Let students to brainstorm what makes them happy and ask volunteers to draw symbols for these activities next to the happy face For example eating ice cream or playing games Ask students to draw unhappy things next to the sad face similarly

3 Teacher can extend this exercise to teach other feelings ldquoI am madrdquo leads to ldquoI am happyrdquo ldquoI am sadrdquo ldquoIrsquom madrdquo

4 Activity Forecast a Teacher prepares a die

b Teacher draws the expressions and sticks them on the die

c Divide the class into two teams e The students need to say the sentence first

For example I am happy Then heshe rolls the die

f If itrsquos ldquohappyrdquo The team can get a point 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Let the students do the role play They have the

conversation with each other 2 Activity Mr Wolf

a Choose one student to be ldquoMr Wolfrdquo b Mr Wolf stands in front of the whiteboard

facing the board c The other students stand at the back of the

classroom d They ask Mr Wolf ldquoHow do you feel today

toady Mr Wolfrdquo e Mr Wolf turns around and answers ldquoI am

happyrdquo f After answering Mr Wolf turns to face the

board again Meanwhile they try to get closer every time they ask

g In the end Mr Wolf answers ldquoI am sadrdquo

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

55

and tries to catch someone h The one who gets caught will be Mr Wolf

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 2

30 min ABC FUN 1 Use the flash cards to review Aa to Zz in upper and lower case and the related vocabulary words

2 Activity Bingo

a Teacher draws a 13 x 13 grid on the board Label them a to m across the top n to z down the side

b Teacher prepares two bags of letter cards One for a to m the other for n to z

c They take turns to choose a letter from each bag

d If they choose a and z they have to give teacher a word for a and a word for z Then they can get the square

e The first team to get four in a line wins 30 min PHONICS FUN 1 Show the letter ldquoYyrdquo Drill phonics rdquoY y y j j

jrdquo 2 Show the ldquoyellowrdquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yellowrdquo 3 Show the ldquoyo-yordquo flashcard Drill and repeat ldquo Y

j yo-yordquo 4 Drill the sentence ldquoI have a yellow yo-yordquo Ask

the students to follow with their fingers 5 Utilize the same technique to teach Zz 6 Activity Moving the mats a Teacher prepares two balls for each team

One for y and the other for z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team two mats c Teacher puts the balls at the front of the

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

56

classroom and the mats at the back of the classroom

d Call up one student from each team and say a word or a sentence

e They have to stand on the mat and try to move forward by moving the mats

f When they reach the front they have to grab the correct ball and repeat the word or the sentence

g The faster one gets a point 7 Exercise Complete the listening exercise on

P 73 10 min Break Time 20 min MORE TO SAY ndash

Daily Life 1 Review the conversation Let the students have

the conversation with each other 2 Activity Lucky Envelopes a Teacher prepares twenty envelopes There

are expressions on the envelopes (happy sad)

b Teacher puts the poker cards inside (ten red and ten black)

c They take turns to throw the sticky ball to the envelopes

d They have to say the sentence first according to the expression outside ldquoI am happyldquo ldquoI am sadrdquo

e Then they can open the envelope If the card is red they can get the point

20 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to instruct ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Last Card Loses a Divide the class into two teams b Put a stack of cards on top on the opening of

an empty bottle c Call up one student from each team

Teacher gestures for them d If they answer correctly they can blow off

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

57

some cards without blowing all off e Tell them if they blow off all the cards or the

last card they lose the game

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Day 3

25 min PHONICS FUN 1 Review the sentences and associated words from Aa to Zz

2 Activity Racing a Teacher put the alphabet letter cards on the

board in order from a to z b Divide the class into two teams Give each

team a magnet c They can roll the die and move forward If

they are on ldquofrdquo they have to give teacher a word or the sentence for ldquofrdquo

d The team which can reach the goal ldquozrdquo first wins

10 min LISTEN FOR FUN 1 Listen to the CD and then circle the correct answer After finishing corrections guide students to read answers out together

2 Listen to the CD and write the letters heard in the blanks

25 min MORE TO SAY ndash Class Time

1 Use TPR to review ldquoI can do itrdquo ldquoI donrsquot understandrdquo ldquoPlease say it againrdquo and ldquoI forgot my bookrdquo

2 Activity Speedy Success

a Teacher writes down the sentences on the board and numbers them from one to four

b Teacher puts a bottle on the desk c Teacher prepares the answer cards from one

to four and put them on the floor d Divide students into two teams Have one

student from each team stand at the back

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

58

of the classroom e Teacher gestures for the students The two

students should run to the front pick the card with the corresponding number and put it into the bottle and repeat the sentence

f The first student who is correct gets a point 10 min Break Time 20 min ACT WITH ME 1 Prepare a piece of bread or a bag of cookies

Bring it into the class sniffing the air as if you are smelling something delicious then hold your stomach and say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo

2 The pronunciation of ldquohungryrdquo is hard Read a few more times and correct pronunciations for the students

3 Ask every student to say ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo Share the cookies with the students

4 Explain is the story background of ldquoCinderellardquo After Cinderella finished sweeping the floor she hid in the dirty kitchen The fairy appears and Cinderella says sadly ldquoIrsquom hungryrdquo The fairy conjures up some delicious food and says to Cinderella ldquoWash your handsrdquo

There is a girl called Cinderella 從前有個小女孩叫做灰姑娘 Her stepmother and stepsisters treat her badly 她的後母與同父異母的兩個姐姐對她並不好 She has to do all the housework and sleep in a cold and little attic 灰姑娘住在又冷又小的閣樓裡而且每天還要做所有的家

事 One day she is so hungry that she can not help crying 有一天她餓到忍不住哭了起來 Just then a fairy shows up and asks her what is wrong 這時候仙女婆婆出現在她身邊並聽完她可憐的遭遇

Later she waves her wand and lots of delicious food suddenly shows up in front of Cinderella 隨後仙女婆婆揮動她的仙女棒很多好吃的食物立刻出

現在灰姑娘的面前

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

59

Thanks to the fairy Cinderella is not hungry any more 謝謝仙女婆婆的幫忙讓灰姑娘不再挨餓傷心了 5 Ask kids to take turns role-playing this story at the

front of the class Letting male students cross-cast as Cinderella and the fairy will create more fun for the students

20 min CHANT WITH ME 1 First read the chant and explain the meaning behind it

2 Lead the students in class to say the chant 2~3 times until they are familiar with it

3 Play the CD letting students follow the beat and reading the chant out

4 Divide students into 2 groups for another practice

A Snack time Snack time Time for snack B Irsquom hungry Irsquom hungry I canrsquot wait A Be good Be good Wash your hands B Hurry Hurry Letrsquos line up

10 min Homework 1 Assign homework Let the students finish one or

two questions for each portion

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

60

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant

3 4

ar et

5 6

ing ish

7 8

irl ollipop

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

C Write the words 32

1 2

61

APPLE goat

3 4

EGG desk

5 6

BALL hat

7 8

LOLLIPOP kite

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

62

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT

5 6

VASE BOX

7 8

63

yellow zebra

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Starter Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

64

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

65

It is _____ Indian It is _____ zebra

3 4

It is _____ lollipop It is _____ yo-yo

5 6

It is _____ house It is _____ ox

7 8

It is _____ window It is _____ elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Answer Key Starter Units 1~3 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 12

A

66

rarr B rarr C rarr rarr E rarr rarr G rarr rarr I rarr rarr K rarr D L F H J

a rarr rarr c rarr rarr e rarr f rarr rarr rarr rarr j rarr rarr l b h k d i g

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

nt lephant e a

3 4

ar et c j

5 6

ing ish k f

7 8

irl ollipop l g

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

C Write the words 32

1 2

67

GOAT APPLE goat apple

3 4

DESK EGG desk egg

5 6

HAT BALL hat ball

7 8

KITE LOLLIPOP kite lollipop

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Shersquos my mother

2 Whatrsquos your name bull bull Irsquom fine Thank you

3 Hello Irsquom Ludi bull bull My name is Ludi

4 Whorsquos she bull bull Hello Irsquom Bobo

5 Nice to meet you bull bull Nice to meet you too

6 May I come in bull bull Please come in

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Hello How are you 2 Whatrsquos your name 3 ~ 6 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~l

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Answer Key Starter Units 4~7 Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

68

rarr N rarr O rarr rarr Q rarr rarr S rarr rarr U rarr rarr W rarr

rarr Z

m rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr rarr rarr v rarr

rarr x rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

ilk ig

3 4

oe abbit

5 6

nder indow

7 8

oo o-yo

R V T

y z

p

t r

u w

m

n t s u q

M Y

P

z

X

w

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

C Write the word on the right position 32

1 2

69

nurse octopus nurse octopus

3 4

SNAKE QUILT SNAKE QUILT

5 6

BOX VASE BOX VASE

7 8

zebra yellow zebra yellow

D Match the questions with the answers 12

1 How are you bull bull Itrsquos OK

2 What is it bull bull Irsquom OK Thank you

3 Thank you bull bull It is a ball

4 How do you feel today bull bull You are welcome

5 May I go bull bull I am happy

6 Sorry I am late bull bull Yes you may

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 ~ 2 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a -- apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from m~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 T choose the vocabulary fro m~z Have students do the TPR

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

70

Starter Answer Key

Final Test

A Write the missing letters in order 14

a rarr b rarr rarr rarr e rarr rarr rarr h rarr rarr

rarr k rarr l rarr rarr rarr o rarr p rarr rarr r rarr rarr t rarr

rarr rarr w rarr rarr y rarr

B Look and write the beginning letters 32

1 2

esk irl

3 4

ing ilk

5 6

oe nder

7 8

atermelon un

d c i f g j

s q u m n

z x v

d g

m k

u t

w s

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

C Look and fill in ldquoardquo or ldquoanrdquo 32

1 2

71

It is an Indian It is a zebra

3 4

It is a lollipop It is a yo-yo

5 6

It is a house It is an ox

7 8

It is a window It is an elephant

D Read and circle 12

1 What is your name 2 How are you

a My name is Ludi a I am fine thank you

b Nice to meet you too b Good morning

3 Who is she 4 What is it

a I am a girl a I am great

b She is my mother b It is a ball

5 May I go to the bathroom 6 How do you feel today

a Yes you may a Good night

b You are welcome b I am happy

E Answer your teacherrsquos questions 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 Whatrsquos your name 2 ~ 3 Teacher ldquoArdquo student ldquo a-a-a --

apple-apple-applerdquo ( is a sound) Choose from a~z 3 ~ 4 Teacher says ldquoumbrella It ishelliprdquo Then the students should read ldquoIt is an umbrellardquo 5 How do you feel today

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Appendix of Teaching Tools Unit 1 Big Wild Wolf 50

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Unit 1 Grandma 50

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Unit 3 The Witch 50

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Unit 3 Hansel Hense 50

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Unit 5 Snow White 50

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Unit 5 The Queen 50

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

Published LiveABC Interactive Corporation Publishers Jerry Cheng Consultants Lisa Chu Abby Fan Chief Editor Tanya Chiu Executive Editor Maggie Chien Writers Wenny Tsui Jeff Macon LiveABC Interactive Corporation 12F No 32 Sec 3 Bade Rd Songshan Taipei Taiwan Tel 02-2578-2626 Fax 02-2578-6929

Come to Live Starter

Teacherrsquos Guide 2006 by LiveABC Interactive Corporation

All rights reserved Printed in Taiwan

50

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan

50

  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan
  • Teaching plan